| /* ELF executable support for BFD. | |
| Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, | |
| 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
| This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | |
| This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
| it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
| the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
| (at your option) any later version. | |
| This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
| but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
| MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
| GNU General Public License for more details. | |
| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
| along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
| Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, | |
| MA 02110-1301, USA. */ | |
| /* | |
| SECTION | |
| ELF backends | |
| BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. | |
| Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 | |
| (running svr4 or Solaris 2). | |
| Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs | |
| to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we | |
| haven't bothered yet. */ | |
| /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ | |
| #define _SYSCALL32 | |
| #include "sysdep.h" | |
| #include "bfd.h" | |
| #include "bfdlink.h" | |
| #include "libbfd.h" | |
| #define ARCH_SIZE 0 | |
| #include "elf-bfd.h" | |
| #include "libiberty.h" | |
| #include "safe-ctype.h" | |
| static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); | |
| static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); | |
| static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); | |
| static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; | |
| static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; | |
| static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, | |
| file_ptr offset); | |
| /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is | |
| currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will | |
| need to move into elfcode.h. */ | |
| /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_External_Verdef *src, | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) | |
| { | |
| dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); | |
| dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); | |
| dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); | |
| dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); | |
| dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); | |
| dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); | |
| dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, | |
| Elf_External_Verdef *dst) | |
| { | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) | |
| { | |
| dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); | |
| dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, | |
| Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) | |
| { | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_External_Verneed *src, | |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) | |
| { | |
| dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); | |
| dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); | |
| dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); | |
| dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); | |
| dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, | |
| Elf_External_Verneed *dst) | |
| { | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, | |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) | |
| { | |
| dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); | |
| dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); | |
| dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); | |
| dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); | |
| dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, | |
| Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) | |
| { | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_External_Versym *src, | |
| Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) | |
| { | |
| dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, | |
| const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, | |
| Elf_External_Versym *dst) | |
| { | |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); | |
| } | |
| /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
| cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
| unsigned long | |
| bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) | |
| { | |
| const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; | |
| unsigned long h = 0; | |
| unsigned long g; | |
| int ch; | |
| while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
| { | |
| h = (h << 4) + ch; | |
| if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) | |
| { | |
| h ^= g >> 24; | |
| /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in | |
| this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ | |
| h ^= g; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return h & 0xffffffff; | |
| } | |
| /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
| cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
| unsigned long | |
| bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) | |
| { | |
| const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; | |
| unsigned long h = 5381; | |
| unsigned char ch; | |
| while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
| h = (h << 5) + h + ch; | |
| return h & 0xffffffff; | |
| } | |
| /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with | |
| the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, | |
| size_t object_size, | |
| enum elf_object_id object_id) | |
| { | |
| BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); | |
| abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); | |
| if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; | |
| elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), | |
| GENERIC_ELF_TDATA); | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
| return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd); | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
| bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; | |
| file_ptr offset; | |
| bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; | |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
| if (i_shdrp == 0 | |
| || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) | |
| || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) | |
| return NULL; | |
| shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; | |
| if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
| { | |
| /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ | |
| offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; | |
| shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; | |
| /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes | |
| in case the string table is not terminated. */ | |
| if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 | |
| || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL | |
| || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
| shstrtab = NULL; | |
| else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) | |
| { | |
| if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
| shstrtab = NULL; | |
| /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep | |
| trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for | |
| the string table over and over. */ | |
| i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; | |
| i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; | |
| } | |
| return (char *) shstrtab; | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, | |
| unsigned int shindex, | |
| unsigned int strindex) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| if (strindex == 0) | |
| return ""; | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| return NULL; | |
| hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
| if (hdr->contents == NULL | |
| && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), | |
| abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, | |
| (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name | |
| ? ".shstrtab" | |
| : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); | |
| return ""; | |
| } | |
| return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; | |
| } | |
| /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. | |
| SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from | |
| symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF | |
| are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external | |
| symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. | |
| Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) | |
| or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym * | |
| bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, | |
| size_t symcount, | |
| size_t symoffset, | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, | |
| void *extsym_buf, | |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; | |
| void *alloc_ext; | |
| const bfd_byte *esym; | |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; | |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| size_t extsym_size; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| file_ptr pos; | |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| abort (); | |
| if (symcount == 0) | |
| return intsym_buf; | |
| /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ | |
| shndx_hdr = NULL; | |
| if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) | |
| shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| /* Read the symbols. */ | |
| alloc_ext = NULL; | |
| alloc_extshndx = NULL; | |
| alloc_intsym = NULL; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
| extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| amt = symcount * extsym_size; | |
| pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; | |
| if (extsym_buf == NULL) | |
| { | |
| alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); | |
| extsym_buf = alloc_ext; | |
| } | |
| if (extsym_buf == NULL | |
| || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) | |
| { | |
| intsym_buf = NULL; | |
| goto out; | |
| } | |
| if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) | |
| extshndx_buf = NULL; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| if (extshndx_buf == NULL) | |
| { | |
| alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, | |
| sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); | |
| extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; | |
| } | |
| if (extshndx_buf == NULL | |
| || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) | |
| { | |
| intsym_buf = NULL; | |
| goto out; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (intsym_buf == NULL) | |
| { | |
| alloc_intsym = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); | |
| intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; | |
| if (intsym_buf == NULL) | |
| goto out; | |
| } | |
| /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ | |
| isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; | |
| for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; | |
| isym < isymend; | |
| esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) | |
| if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) | |
| { | |
| symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " | |
| "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), | |
| ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); | |
| if (alloc_intsym != NULL) | |
| free (alloc_intsym); | |
| intsym_buf = NULL; | |
| goto out; | |
| } | |
| out: | |
| if (alloc_ext != NULL) | |
| free (alloc_ext); | |
| if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) | |
| free (alloc_extshndx); | |
| return intsym_buf; | |
| } | |
| /* Look up a symbol name. */ | |
| const char * | |
| bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, | |
| asection *sym_sec) | |
| { | |
| const char *name; | |
| unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; | |
| unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; | |
| if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION | |
| /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ | |
| && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| { | |
| iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; | |
| shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; | |
| } | |
| name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| name = "(null)"; | |
| else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') | |
| name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); | |
| return name; | |
| } | |
| /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP | |
| sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section | |
| pointers. */ | |
| typedef union elf_internal_group { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; | |
| unsigned int flags; | |
| } Elf_Internal_Group; | |
| /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the | |
| signature just a string? */ | |
| static const char * | |
| group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; | |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym isym; | |
| /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure | |
| that it is a symbol table section. */ | |
| if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| return NULL; | |
| hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
| || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) | |
| return NULL; | |
| /* Go read the symbol. */ | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, | |
| &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); | |
| } | |
| /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
| /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count | |
| is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
| if (num_group == 0) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, shnum; | |
| /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP | |
| section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ | |
| shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| num_group = 0; | |
| #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \ | |
| ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ | |
| && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \ | |
| && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ | |
| && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) | |
| for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) | |
| num_group += 1; | |
| } | |
| if (num_group == 0) | |
| { | |
| num_group = (unsigned) -1; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, | |
| so we can find them quickly. */ | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr | |
| = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| num_group = 0; | |
| for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) | |
| { | |
| unsigned char *src; | |
| Elf_Internal_Group *dest; | |
| /* Add to list of sections. */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; | |
| num_group += 1; | |
| /* Read the raw contents. */ | |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); | |
| amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; | |
| shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, | |
| sizeof (*dest) / 4); | |
| /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ | |
| if (shdr->contents == NULL) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_error_handler | |
| (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) | |
| != shdr->sh_size)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an | |
| array of elf section indices all in target byte order, | |
| to the flag word followed by an array of elf section | |
| pointers. */ | |
| src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; | |
| dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); | |
| while (1) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int idx; | |
| src -= 4; | |
| --dest; | |
| idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); | |
| if (src == shdr->contents) | |
| { | |
| dest->flags = idx; | |
| if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) | |
| shdr->bfd_section->flags | |
| |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if (idx >= shnum) | |
| { | |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); | |
| idx = 0; | |
| } | |
| dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
| unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
| /* Look through this group's sections to see if current | |
| section is a member. */ | |
| while (--n_elt != 0) | |
| if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) | |
| { | |
| asection *s = NULL; | |
| /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through | |
| other members to see if any others are linked via | |
| next_in_group. */ | |
| idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
| n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
| while (--n_elt != 0) | |
| if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
| && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) | |
| break; | |
| if (n_elt != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* Snarf the group name from other member, and | |
| insert current section in circular list. */ | |
| elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); | |
| elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); | |
| elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| const char *gname; | |
| gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); | |
| if (gname == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; | |
| /* Start a circular list with one element. */ | |
| elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; | |
| } | |
| /* If the group section has been created, point to the | |
| new member. */ | |
| if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
| elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; | |
| i = num_group - 1; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), | |
| abfd, newsect); | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
| bfd_boolean result = TRUE; | |
| asection *s; | |
| /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; | |
| if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; | |
| /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may | |
| not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could | |
| get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ | |
| if (elfsec == 0) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->link_order_error_handler) | |
| bed->link_order_error_handler | |
| (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), | |
| abfd, s); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| asection *link = NULL; | |
| if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; | |
| link = this_hdr->bfd_section; | |
| } | |
| /* PR 1991, 2008: | |
| Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in | |
| sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ | |
| if (link == NULL) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), | |
| s->owner, s, elfsec); | |
| result = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| elf_linked_to_section (s) = link; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Process section groups. */ | |
| if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) | |
| return result; | |
| for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
| unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
| while (--n_elt != 0) | |
| if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) | |
| elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; | |
| else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA | |
| || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) | |
| /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in | |
| output object files. We adjust the group section size here | |
| so that relocatable link will work correctly when | |
| relocation sections are in section group in input object | |
| files. */ | |
| shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), | |
| abfd, | |
| (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, | |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, | |
| (elf_elfheader (abfd) | |
| ->e_shstrndx), | |
| idx->shdr->sh_name), | |
| shdr->bfd_section->name); | |
| result = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return result; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) | |
| { | |
| return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; | |
| } | |
| /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the | |
| BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, | |
| const char *name, | |
| int shindex) | |
| { | |
| asection *newsect; | |
| flagword flags; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
| { | |
| BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, | |
| bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); | |
| if (newsect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
| elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; | |
| /* Always use the real type/flags. */ | |
| elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; | |
| elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; | |
| newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
| if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) | |
| || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) | |
| || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, | |
| bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
| flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
| } | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
| else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_DATA; | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) | |
| { | |
| flags |= SEC_MERGE; | |
| newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_STRINGS; | |
| } | |
| if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) | |
| if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; | |
| if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, | |
| not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ | |
| static const struct | |
| { | |
| const char *name; | |
| int len; | |
| } debug_sections [] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */ | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */ | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */ | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */ | |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */ | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */ | |
| }; | |
| if (name [0] == '.') | |
| { | |
| int i = name [1] - 'd'; | |
| if (i >= 0 | |
| && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections) | |
| && debug_sections [i].name != NULL | |
| && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name, | |
| debug_sections [i].len) == 0) | |
| flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we | |
| only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support | |
| g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. | |
| The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions | |
| are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard | |
| all but one of the sections. */ | |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") | |
| && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) | |
| flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) | |
| if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the | |
| separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. | |
| PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) | |
| { | |
| bfd_byte *contents; | |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); | |
| free (contents); | |
| } | |
| if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; | |
| unsigned int i, nload; | |
| /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header | |
| p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than | |
| one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma | |
| so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ | |
| phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
| for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
| if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) | |
| break; | |
| else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) | |
| ++nload; | |
| if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
| for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
| { | |
| /* This section is part of this segment if its file | |
| offset plus size lies within the segment's memory | |
| span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the | |
| loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. | |
| Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and | |
| refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong | |
| though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can | |
| have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, | |
| place special significance on the address 0 and | |
| executables need to be able to have a segment which | |
| covers this address. */ | |
| if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset | |
| && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size | |
| <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) | |
| && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 | |
| || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size | |
| <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) | |
| { | |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
| newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr | |
| + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); | |
| else | |
| /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD | |
| sections, but that doesn't work if the segment | |
| is packed with code from multiple VMAs. | |
| Instead we calculate the section LMA based on | |
| the segment LMA. It is assumed that the | |
| segment will contain sections with contiguous | |
| LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ | |
| newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr | |
| + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); | |
| /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file | |
| offsets whether a section with zero size should | |
| be placed at the end of one segment or the | |
| beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr | |
| && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size | |
| <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* | |
| INTERNAL_FUNCTION | |
| bfd_elf_find_section | |
| SYNOPSIS | |
| struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); | |
| DESCRIPTION | |
| Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. | |
| Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an | |
| internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, | |
| isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary | |
| mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. | |
| */ | |
| struct elf_internal_shdr * | |
| bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
| char *shstrtab; | |
| unsigned int max; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
| if (i_shdrp != NULL) | |
| { | |
| shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); | |
| if (shstrtab != NULL) | |
| { | |
| max = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (i = 1; i < max; i++) | |
| if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) | |
| return i_shdrp[i]; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return 0; | |
| } | |
| const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { | |
| "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", | |
| "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", | |
| "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", | |
| }; | |
| /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable | |
| output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing | |
| has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also | |
| be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to | |
| change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will | |
| all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code | |
| into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto | |
| function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing | |
| relocatable output against an external symbol. */ | |
| bfd_reloc_status_type | |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| arelent *reloc_entry, | |
| asymbol *symbol, | |
| void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| asection *input_section, | |
| bfd *output_bfd, | |
| char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| if (output_bfd != NULL | |
| && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
| && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace | |
| || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) | |
| { | |
| reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
| } | |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; | |
| } | |
| /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to | |
| another. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
| { | |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) | |
| || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags | |
| == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); | |
| elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); | |
| elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; | |
| elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; | |
| /* Copy object attributes. */ | |
| _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| static const char * | |
| get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) | |
| { | |
| const char *pt; | |
| switch (p_type) | |
| { | |
| case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; | |
| case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; | |
| case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; | |
| case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; | |
| case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; | |
| case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; | |
| case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; | |
| case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; | |
| case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; | |
| case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; | |
| case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; | |
| default: pt = NULL; break; | |
| } | |
| return pt; | |
| } | |
| /* Print out the program headers. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) | |
| { | |
| FILE *f = farg; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
| asection *s; | |
| bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
| p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
| if (p != NULL) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, c; | |
| fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); | |
| c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
| for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) | |
| { | |
| const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); | |
| char buf[20]; | |
| if (pt == NULL) | |
| { | |
| sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); | |
| pt = buf; | |
| } | |
| fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); | |
| fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); | |
| fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); | |
| fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); | |
| fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); | |
| fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); | |
| fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", | |
| (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', | |
| (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', | |
| (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); | |
| if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) | |
| fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); | |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int elfsec; | |
| unsigned long shlink; | |
| bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; | |
| size_t extdynsize; | |
| void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); | |
| fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); | |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
| if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; | |
| extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
| swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
| extdyn = dynbuf; | |
| extdynend = extdyn + s->size; | |
| for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
| const char *name = ""; | |
| char ab[20]; | |
| bfd_boolean stringp; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); | |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
| break; | |
| stringp = FALSE; | |
| switch (dyn.d_tag) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) | |
| name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); | |
| if (!strcmp (name, "")) | |
| { | |
| sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); | |
| name = ab; | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; | |
| case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; | |
| case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; | |
| case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; | |
| case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; | |
| case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; | |
| case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; | |
| case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; | |
| case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; | |
| case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; | |
| case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; | |
| case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; | |
| case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; | |
| case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; | |
| case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; | |
| case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; | |
| case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; | |
| case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; | |
| case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
| case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; | |
| case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; | |
| case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
| case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; | |
| case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; | |
| case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; | |
| case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; | |
| case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; | |
| case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; | |
| case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; | |
| case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; | |
| case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; | |
| case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; | |
| case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; | |
| case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; | |
| case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; | |
| case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; | |
| case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; | |
| case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; | |
| case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; | |
| case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; | |
| case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; | |
| case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
| case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; | |
| } | |
| fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); | |
| if (! stringp) | |
| { | |
| fprintf (f, "0x"); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| const char *string; | |
| unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; | |
| string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); | |
| if (string == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| fprintf (f, "%s", string); | |
| } | |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
| } | |
| free (dynbuf); | |
| dynbuf = NULL; | |
| } | |
| if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
| || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) | |
| { | |
| if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; | |
| fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); | |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) | |
| { | |
| fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, | |
| t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, | |
| t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
| if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; | |
| fprintf (f, "\t"); | |
| for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; | |
| a != NULL; | |
| a = a->vda_nextptr) | |
| fprintf (f, "%s ", | |
| a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
| fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); | |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
| fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), | |
| t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); | |
| for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
| fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, | |
| a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, | |
| a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| error_return: | |
| if (dynbuf != NULL) | |
| free (dynbuf); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ | |
| void | |
| bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, | |
| void *filep, | |
| asymbol *symbol, | |
| bfd_print_symbol_type how) | |
| { | |
| FILE *file = filep; | |
| switch (how) | |
| { | |
| case bfd_print_symbol_name: | |
| fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); | |
| break; | |
| case bfd_print_symbol_more: | |
| fprintf (file, "elf "); | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); | |
| fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); | |
| break; | |
| case bfd_print_symbol_all: | |
| { | |
| const char *section_name; | |
| const char *name = NULL; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| unsigned char st_other; | |
| bfd_vma val; | |
| section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) | |
| name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| { | |
| name = symbol->name; | |
| bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); | |
| } | |
| fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); | |
| /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, | |
| we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. | |
| For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and | |
| we've printed the address; now print the size. */ | |
| if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) | |
| val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
| else | |
| val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; | |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); | |
| /* If we have version information, print it. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 | |
| && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 | |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int vernum; | |
| const char *version_string; | |
| vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; | |
| if (vernum == 0) | |
| version_string = ""; | |
| else if (vernum == 1) | |
| version_string = "Base"; | |
| else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) | |
| version_string = | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
| version_string = ""; | |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
| t != NULL; | |
| t = t->vn_nextref) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
| for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
| { | |
| if (a->vna_other == vernum) | |
| { | |
| version_string = a->vna_nodename; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) | |
| fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); | |
| else | |
| { | |
| int i; | |
| fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); | |
| for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) | |
| putc (' ', file); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ | |
| st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
| switch (st_other) | |
| { | |
| case 0: break; | |
| case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; | |
| case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; | |
| case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; | |
| default: | |
| /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print | |
| everything hex. */ | |
| fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); | |
| } | |
| fprintf (file, " %s", name); | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ | |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash * | |
| _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) | |
| { | |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; | |
| ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); | |
| if (ret != NULL) | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type loc; | |
| loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); | |
| BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); | |
| if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); | |
| ret = NULL; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ | |
| /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| const char *name; | |
| if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
| ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
| name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, | |
| hdr->sh_name); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| switch (hdr->sh_type) | |
| { | |
| case SHT_NULL: | |
| /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ | |
| case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ | |
| case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ | |
| case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ | |
| case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ | |
| case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ | |
| case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ | |
| case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ | |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ | |
| if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd) | |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; | |
| /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus | |
| sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the | |
| string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; | |
| hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
| { | |
| dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
| { | |
| hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ | |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
| elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
| /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If | |
| SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also | |
| treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the | |
| decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes | |
| set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the | |
| linker. */ | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
| && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 | |
| && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
| shindex)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we | |
| can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It | |
| is most likely specified by the next section header. */ | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX | |
| && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if (i == num_sec) | |
| for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX | |
| && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if (i != shindex) | |
| return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
| elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
| /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular | |
| section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ | |
| if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); | |
| elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ | |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) | |
| { | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) | |
| { | |
| symtab_strtab: | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) | |
| { | |
| dynsymtab_strtab: | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; | |
| /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy | |
| can handle it. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
| shindex); | |
| } | |
| /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a | |
| regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, | |
| just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ | |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
| if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
| { | |
| /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ | |
| if (i == shindex) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) | |
| goto symtab_strtab; | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) | |
| goto dynsymtab_strtab; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_REL: | |
| case SHT_RELA: | |
| /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ | |
| { | |
| asection *target_sect; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; | |
| unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize | |
| != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
| ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) | |
| { | |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), | |
| abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
| shindex); | |
| } | |
| /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes | |
| libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have | |
| bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just | |
| reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use | |
| them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only | |
| one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point | |
| to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
| && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int scan; | |
| int found; | |
| found = 0; | |
| for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) | |
| { | |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
| { | |
| if (found != 0) | |
| { | |
| found = 0; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| found = scan; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (found != 0) | |
| hdr->sh_link = found; | |
| } | |
| /* Get the symbol table. */ | |
| if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
| && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we | |
| don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately | |
| represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't | |
| try. We just present it as a normal section. We also | |
| can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null | |
| section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) | |
| || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF | |
| || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec | |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
| shindex); | |
| if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); | |
| if (target_sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | |
| || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) | |
| hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); | |
| amt = sizeof (*hdr2); | |
| hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (hdr2 == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; | |
| } | |
| *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
| target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); | |
| target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; | |
| target_sect->relocation = NULL; | |
| target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
| /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether | |
| its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
| target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA; | |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
| elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
| elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| case SHT_SHLIB: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case SHT_GROUP: | |
| if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (hdr->contents != NULL) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; | |
| unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; | |
| asection *s; | |
| if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) | |
| hdr->bfd_section->flags | |
| |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
| /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ | |
| idx += n_elt; | |
| while (--n_elt != 0) | |
| { | |
| --idx; | |
| if (idx->shdr != NULL | |
| && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
| && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) | |
| { | |
| elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| default: | |
| /* Possibly an attributes section. */ | |
| if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES | |
| || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) | |
| { | |
| if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) | |
| { | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved | |
| for applications? */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " | |
| "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), | |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); | |
| else | |
| /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
| shindex); | |
| } | |
| else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC | |
| && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) | |
| /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " | |
| "`%s' [0x%8x]"), | |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); | |
| else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) | |
| { | |
| /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ | |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) | |
| /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is | |
| required to correctly process the section and the file should | |
| be rejected with an error message. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " | |
| "`%s' [0x%8x]"), | |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); | |
| else | |
| /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), | |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. | |
| Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ | |
| asection * | |
| bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct sym_sec_cache *cache, | |
| asection *sec, | |
| unsigned long r_symndx) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; | |
| asection *s; | |
| if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
| unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; | |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym isym; | |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, | |
| &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| if (cache->abfd != abfd) | |
| { | |
| memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); | |
| cache->abfd = abfd; | |
| } | |
| cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; | |
| cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx; | |
| } | |
| s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| return s; | |
| return sec; | |
| } | |
| /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD | |
| section. */ | |
| asection * | |
| bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) | |
| { | |
| if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
| return NULL; | |
| return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; | |
| } | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, | |
| /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of | |
| this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ | |
| { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = | |
| { | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| }; | |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] = | |
| { | |
| special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ | |
| special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ | |
| special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'e' */ | |
| special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ | |
| special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ | |
| special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ | |
| special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'j' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'k' */ | |
| special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'm' */ | |
| special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'o' */ | |
| special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'q' */ | |
| special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ | |
| special_sections_s, /* 's' */ | |
| special_sections_t, /* 't' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'u' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'v' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'w' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'x' */ | |
| NULL, /* 'y' */ | |
| special_sections_z /* 'z' */ | |
| }; | |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section * | |
| _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, | |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, | |
| unsigned int rela) | |
| { | |
| int i; | |
| int len; | |
| len = strlen (name); | |
| for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) | |
| { | |
| int suffix_len; | |
| int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; | |
| if (len < prefix_len) | |
| continue; | |
| if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) | |
| continue; | |
| suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; | |
| if (suffix_len <= 0) | |
| { | |
| if (name[prefix_len] != 0) | |
| { | |
| if (suffix_len == 0) | |
| continue; | |
| if (name[prefix_len] != '.' | |
| && (suffix_len == -2 | |
| || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) | |
| continue; | |
| if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, | |
| spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, | |
| suffix_len) != 0) | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| return &spec[i]; | |
| } | |
| return NULL; | |
| } | |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section * | |
| _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) | |
| { | |
| int i; | |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ | |
| if (sec->name == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| spec = bed->special_sections; | |
| if (spec) | |
| { | |
| spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, | |
| bed->special_sections, | |
| sec->use_rela_p); | |
| if (spec != NULL) | |
| return spec; | |
| } | |
| if (sec->name[0] != '.') | |
| return NULL; | |
| i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; | |
| if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') | |
| return NULL; | |
| spec = special_sections[i]; | |
| if (spec == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) | |
| { | |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; | |
| sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; | |
| if (sdata == NULL) | |
| { | |
| sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); | |
| if (sdata == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; | |
| } | |
| /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; | |
| /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and | |
| flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr | |
| anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker | |
| created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will | |
| set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in | |
| elf_fake_sections. */ | |
| if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction) | |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) | |
| { | |
| ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); | |
| if (ssect != NULL) | |
| { | |
| elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; | |
| elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); | |
| } | |
| /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. | |
| Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name | |
| of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the | |
| program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we | |
| generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. | |
| Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than | |
| (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the | |
| system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, | |
| but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the | |
| file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting | |
| of combined data+bss. | |
| To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections | |
| for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by | |
| the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified | |
| by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split | |
| into its initialized and uninitialized parts. | |
| */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, | |
| int index, | |
| const char *typename) | |
| { | |
| asection *newsect; | |
| char *name; | |
| char namebuf[64]; | |
| size_t len; | |
| int split; | |
| split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) | |
| && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
| && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); | |
| if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
| { | |
| sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); | |
| len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (!name) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, namebuf, len); | |
| newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
| if (newsect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; | |
| newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; | |
| newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; | |
| newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
| newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); | |
| if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
| if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
| { | |
| /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, | |
| may be data. */ | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
| { | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) | |
| { | |
| bfd_vma align; | |
| sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : ""); | |
| len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (!name) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, namebuf, len); | |
| newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
| if (newsect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
| newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
| newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; | |
| newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; | |
| align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; | |
| if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) | |
| align = hdr->p_align; | |
| newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); | |
| if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do | |
| not have their contents written to a core file, on the | |
| assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the | |
| executable. We flag this case by setting the fake | |
| section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will | |
| always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ | |
| if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
| newsect->size = 0; | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
| if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
| } | |
| if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| switch (hdr->p_type) | |
| { | |
| case PT_NULL: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); | |
| case PT_LOAD: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); | |
| case PT_DYNAMIC: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); | |
| case PT_INTERP: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); | |
| case PT_NOTE: | |
| if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case PT_SHLIB: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); | |
| case PT_PHDR: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); | |
| case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, | |
| "eh_frame_hdr"); | |
| case PT_GNU_STACK: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); | |
| case PT_GNU_RELRO: | |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro"); | |
| default: | |
| /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc"); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing | |
| relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA | |
| relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, | |
| asection *asect, | |
| bfd_boolean use_rela_p) | |
| { | |
| char *name; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); | |
| rel_hdr->sh_name = | |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, | |
| FALSE); | |
| if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p | |
| ? bed->s->sizeof_rela | |
| : bed->s->sizeof_rel); | |
| rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
| rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ | |
| static void | |
| elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
| unsigned int sh_type; | |
| if (*failedptr) | |
| { | |
| /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections | |
| loop. */ | |
| return; | |
| } | |
| this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; | |
| this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
| asect->name, FALSE); | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
| { | |
| *failedptr = TRUE; | |
| return; | |
| } | |
| /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
| || asect->user_set_vma) | |
| this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; | |
| else | |
| this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
| this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
| this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; | |
| this_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
| this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; | |
| /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by | |
| copy_private_section_data. */ | |
| this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; | |
| this_hdr->contents = NULL; | |
| /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on | |
| asect->flags. */ | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) | |
| sh_type = SHT_GROUP; | |
| else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
| && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) | |
| || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0)) | |
| sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; | |
| else | |
| sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) | |
| this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
| else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
| && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS | |
| && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but | |
| allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link | |
| non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data | |
| to a bss output section via a linker script. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); | |
| this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
| } | |
| switch (this_hdr->sh_type) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_STRTAB: | |
| case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: | |
| case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: | |
| case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: | |
| case SHT_NOTE: | |
| case SHT_NOBITS: | |
| case SHT_PROGBITS: | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_HASH: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_RELA: | |
| if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_REL: | |
| if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
| /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
| cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be | |
| zero. */ | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; | |
| else | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 | |
| || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
| /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
| cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be | |
| zero. */ | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; | |
| else | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 | |
| || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GROUP: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; | |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; | |
| } | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; | |
| if (asect->size == 0 | |
| && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) | |
| { | |
| struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; | |
| this_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
| if (o != NULL) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
| this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ | |
| sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections | |
| && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) | |
| *failedptr = TRUE; | |
| if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being | |
| called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ | |
| this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
| } | |
| /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the | |
| SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for | |
| this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to | |
| create the other. */ | |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 | |
| && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, | |
| &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, | |
| asect, | |
| asect->use_rela_p)) | |
| *failedptr = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from | |
| _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and | |
| when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r | |
| from bfd_elf_final_link. */ | |
| void | |
| bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) | |
| { | |
| bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; | |
| asection *elt, *first; | |
| unsigned char *loc; | |
| bfd_boolean gas; | |
| /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in | |
| elfxx-ia64.c. */ | |
| if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) | |
| || *failedptr) | |
| return; | |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) | |
| { | |
| unsigned long symindx = 0; | |
| /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the | |
| generic linker. */ | |
| if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) | |
| symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; | |
| if (symindx == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up | |
| elf_section_syms. */ | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); | |
| symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; | |
| } | |
| elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; | |
| } | |
| else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) | |
| { | |
| /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group | |
| signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be | |
| set until all local symbols are output. */ | |
| asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); | |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); | |
| unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; | |
| unsigned long extsymoff = 0; | |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | |
| if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; | |
| extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | |
| } | |
| h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; | |
| while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | |
| h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | |
| elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; | |
| } | |
| /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ | |
| gas = TRUE; | |
| if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
| { | |
| gas = FALSE; | |
| sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); | |
| /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ | |
| elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; | |
| if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
| { | |
| *failedptr = TRUE; | |
| return; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| loc = sec->contents + sec->size; | |
| /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas | |
| squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the | |
| start of the input section group. */ | |
| first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); | |
| /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section | |
| indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards | |
| just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section | |
| directives, not that it matters. */ | |
| while (elt != NULL) | |
| { | |
| asection *s; | |
| unsigned int idx; | |
| loc -= 4; | |
| s = elt; | |
| if (!gas) | |
| s = s->output_section; | |
| idx = 0; | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); | |
| elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); | |
| if (elt == first) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) | |
| abort (); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); | |
| } | |
| /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here | |
| too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled | |
| in here too, while we're at it. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
| asection *sec; | |
| unsigned int section_number, secn; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; | |
| section_number = 1; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
| /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ | |
| if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) | |
| { | |
| /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ | |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) | |
| { | |
| d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
| { | |
| if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) | |
| { | |
| /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
| bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); | |
| abfd->section_count--; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
| { | |
| d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) | |
| d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); | |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) | |
| d->rel_idx = 0; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| d->rel_idx = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); | |
| } | |
| if (d->rel_hdr2) | |
| { | |
| d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| d->rel_idx2 = 0; | |
| } | |
| t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; | |
| if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
| { | |
| t->symtab_section = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
| if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) | |
| { | |
| t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; | |
| t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name | |
| = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
| ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); | |
| if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| t->strtab_section = section_number++; | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
| } | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
| t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
| elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; | |
| /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the | |
| indices. */ | |
| i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); | |
| if (i_shdrp == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); | |
| if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) | |
| { | |
| bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; | |
| i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; | |
| if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
| { | |
| i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; | |
| if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) | |
| { | |
| i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
| } | |
| i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; | |
| t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; | |
| } | |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
| { | |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
| asection *s; | |
| const char *name; | |
| i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; | |
| if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
| i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; | |
| if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) | |
| i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; | |
| /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ | |
| /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol | |
| table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which | |
| the relocation entries apply. */ | |
| if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
| { | |
| d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
| d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
| } | |
| if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) | |
| { | |
| d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
| d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
| } | |
| /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ | |
| if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
| { | |
| s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); | |
| if (s) | |
| { | |
| /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ | |
| if (link_info != NULL) | |
| { | |
| /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ | |
| if (elf_discarded_section (s)) | |
| { | |
| asection *kept; | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), | |
| abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, | |
| s, s->owner); | |
| /* Point to the kept section if it has the same | |
| size as the discarded one. */ | |
| kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); | |
| if (kept == NULL) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| s = kept; | |
| } | |
| s = s->output_section; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Handle objcopy. */ | |
| if (s->output_section == NULL) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), | |
| abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| s = s->output_section; | |
| } | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* PR 290: | |
| The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with | |
| SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or | |
| sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation | |
| where s is NULL. */ | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed | |
| = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->link_order_error_handler) | |
| bed->link_order_error_handler | |
| (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), | |
| abfd, sec); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) | |
| { | |
| case SHT_REL: | |
| case SHT_RELA: | |
| /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD | |
| section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol | |
| table. sh_info is the section index of the section to | |
| which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an | |
| allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. | |
| FIXME: How can we be sure? */ | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ | |
| name = sec->name; | |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) | |
| name += 4; | |
| else | |
| name += 5; | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_STRTAB: | |
| /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs | |
| string section. We look for a section with the same name | |
| but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link | |
| field to point to this section. */ | |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") | |
| && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
| { | |
| size_t len; | |
| char *alc; | |
| len = strlen (sec->name); | |
| alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); | |
| if (alc == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); | |
| alc[len - 3] = '\0'; | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); | |
| free (alc); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| { | |
| elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; | |
| /* This is a .stab section. */ | |
| if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) | |
| elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize | |
| = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table | |
| used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the | |
| version strings. */ | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: | |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library | |
| list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or | |
| the version strings. */ | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) | |
| ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_HASH: | |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: | |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table | |
| this hash table or version table is for. */ | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
| if (s != NULL) | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
| break; | |
| case SHT_GROUP: | |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) | |
| if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) | |
| i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; | |
| else | |
| i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
| i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving | |
| all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) | |
| { | |
| /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
| return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); | |
| return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 | |
| || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) | |
| || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); | |
| } | |
| /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be | |
| output. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) | |
| { | |
| return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 | |
| && !(sym->section->owner == abfd | |
| || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd | |
| && sym->section->output_offset == 0))); | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
| asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
| asymbol **sect_syms; | |
| unsigned int num_locals = 0; | |
| unsigned int num_globals = 0; | |
| unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; | |
| unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; | |
| int max_index = 0; | |
| unsigned int idx; | |
| asection *asect; | |
| asymbol **new_syms; | |
| #ifdef DEBUG | |
| fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); | |
| fflush (stderr); | |
| #endif | |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
| { | |
| if (max_index < asect->index) | |
| max_index = asect->index; | |
| } | |
| max_index++; | |
| sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
| if (sect_syms == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; | |
| elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; | |
| /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already | |
| decided to output. */ | |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
| { | |
| asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
| if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 | |
| && sym->value == 0 | |
| && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec = sym->section; | |
| if (sec->owner != abfd) | |
| sec = sec->output_section; | |
| sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Classify all of the symbols. */ | |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
| { | |
| if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
| continue; | |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
| num_locals++; | |
| else | |
| num_globals++; | |
| } | |
| /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most | |
| sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but | |
| eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped | |
| at least in that case. */ | |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
| { | |
| if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) | |
| num_locals++; | |
| else | |
| num_globals++; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ | |
| new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
| if (new_syms == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
| { | |
| asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) | |
| continue; | |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
| i = num_locals2++; | |
| else | |
| i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
| new_syms[i] = sym; | |
| sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
| } | |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
| { | |
| if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
| { | |
| asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; | |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
| i = num_locals2++; | |
| else | |
| i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
| new_syms[i] = sym; | |
| sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); | |
| elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; | |
| elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any | |
| ELF data structure. */ | |
| static inline file_ptr | |
| align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) | |
| { | |
| return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); | |
| } | |
| /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the | |
| required section alignment. */ | |
| file_ptr | |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, | |
| file_ptr offset, | |
| bfd_boolean align) | |
| { | |
| if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) | |
| offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); | |
| i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; | |
| if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) | |
| i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; | |
| if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; | |
| return offset; | |
| } | |
| /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and | |
| otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO | |
| is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| bfd_boolean failed; | |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; | |
| if (abfd->output_has_begun) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) | |
| (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); | |
| if (! prep_headers (abfd)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) | |
| (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); | |
| failed = FALSE; | |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); | |
| if (failed) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ | |
| if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
| { | |
| /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ | |
| int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); | |
| if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| if (link_info == NULL) | |
| { | |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); | |
| if (failed) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
| /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
| /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ | |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
| if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
| { | |
| file_ptr off; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
| /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it | |
| out. */ | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); | |
| } | |
| abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we | |
| get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ | |
| static bfd_size_type | |
| get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
| { | |
| size_t segs; | |
| asection *s; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text | |
| and one for data. */ | |
| segs = 2; | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
| if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a | |
| PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a | |
| PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all | |
| targets. */ | |
| segs += 2; | |
| } | |
| if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| } | |
| if (info != NULL && info->relro) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| } | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment | |
| for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. | |
| gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment | |
| (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) | |
| each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, | |
| so we check whether the sections are correctly | |
| aligned. */ | |
| if (s->alignment_power == 2) | |
| while (s->next != NULL | |
| && s->next->alignment_power == 2 | |
| && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) | |
| s = s->next; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
| { | |
| /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ | |
| ++segs; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) | |
| { | |
| int a; | |
| a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); | |
| if (a == -1) | |
| abort (); | |
| segs += a; | |
| } | |
| return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| } | |
| /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr * | |
| _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, | |
| p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
| m != NULL; | |
| m = m->next, p++) | |
| { | |
| int i; | |
| for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
| if (m->sections[i] == section) | |
| return p; | |
| } | |
| return NULL; | |
| } | |
| /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ | |
| static struct elf_segment_map * | |
| make_mapping (bfd *abfd, | |
| asection **sections, | |
| unsigned int from, | |
| unsigned int to, | |
| bfd_boolean phdr) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| asection **hdrpp; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_LOAD; | |
| for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) | |
| m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; | |
| m->count = to - from; | |
| if (from == 0 && phdr) | |
| { | |
| /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ | |
| m->includes_filehdr = 1; | |
| m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
| } | |
| return m; | |
| } | |
| /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL | |
| on failure. */ | |
| struct elf_segment_map * | |
| _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; | |
| m->count = 1; | |
| m->sections[0] = dynsec; | |
| return m; | |
| } | |
| /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, | |
| bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_segment_map **m; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are | |
| not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such | |
| sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded | |
| sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is | |
| removed. */ | |
| m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; | |
| while (*m) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int i, new_count; | |
| for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) | |
| { | |
| if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 | |
| && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
| || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) | |
| { | |
| (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; | |
| new_count++; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| (*m)->count = new_count; | |
| if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) | |
| *m = (*m)->next; | |
| else | |
| m = &(*m)->next; | |
| } | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int count; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| asection **sections = NULL; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; | |
| no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL; | |
| if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| asection *s; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; | |
| struct elf_segment_map **pm; | |
| asection *last_hdr; | |
| bfd_vma last_size; | |
| unsigned int phdr_index; | |
| bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
| asection **hdrpp; | |
| bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; | |
| bfd_boolean writable; | |
| int tls_count = 0; | |
| asection *first_tls = NULL; | |
| asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ | |
| sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *)); | |
| if (sections == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| i = 0; | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| sections[i] = s; | |
| ++i; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); | |
| count = i; | |
| qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); | |
| /* Build the mapping. */ | |
| mfirst = NULL; | |
| pm = &mfirst; | |
| /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for | |
| the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp | |
| section. */ | |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
| if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
| { | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_PHDR; | |
| /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ | |
| m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; | |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_INTERP; | |
| m->count = 1; | |
| m->sections[0] = s; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program | |
| segment when the start of the second section can be placed within | |
| a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ | |
| last_hdr = NULL; | |
| last_size = 0; | |
| phdr_index = 0; | |
| maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; | |
| writable = FALSE; | |
| dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
| if (dynsec != NULL | |
| && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
| dynsec = NULL; | |
| /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section | |
| is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an | |
| approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many | |
| program headers we will need. */ | |
| if (count > 0) | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
| if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
| phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); | |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 | |
| || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size | |
| || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) | |
| phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) | |
| { | |
| asection *hdr; | |
| bfd_boolean new_segment; | |
| hdr = *hdrpp; | |
| /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same | |
| segment. */ | |
| if (last_hdr == NULL) | |
| { | |
| /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new | |
| one (we build the last one after this loop). */ | |
| new_segment = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) | |
| { | |
| /* If this section has a different relation between the | |
| virtual address and the load address, then we need a new | |
| segment. */ | |
| new_segment = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close | |
| to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps | |
| around to the start of the address space, then there are no more | |
| pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current | |
| section can be included in the current segment. */ | |
| else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize | |
| > last_hdr->lma) | |
| && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize | |
| <= hdr->lma)) | |
| { | |
| /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to | |
| skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ | |
| new_segment = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 | |
| && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a | |
| nonloadable section in the same segment. | |
| Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ | |
| new_segment = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we | |
| don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the | |
| file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ | |
| new_segment = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| else if (! writable | |
| && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 | |
| && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) | |
| & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) | |
| != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) | |
| { | |
| /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only | |
| segment, unless they are on the same page in memory | |
| anyhow. We already know that the last section does not | |
| bring us past the current section on the page, so the | |
| only case in which the new section is not on the same | |
| page as the previous section is when the previous section | |
| ends precisely on a page boundary. */ | |
| new_segment = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ | |
| new_segment = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ | |
| if (last_hdr != NULL | |
| && info != NULL | |
| && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) | |
| new_segment | |
| = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, | |
| last_hdr, | |
| new_segment); | |
| if (! new_segment) | |
| { | |
| if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
| writable = TRUE; | |
| last_hdr = hdr; | |
| /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ | |
| if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) | |
| != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
| last_size = hdr->size; | |
| else | |
| last_size = 0; | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program | |
| header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ | |
| m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
| writable = TRUE; | |
| else | |
| writable = FALSE; | |
| last_hdr = hdr; | |
| /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ | |
| if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
| last_size = hdr->size; | |
| else | |
| last_size = 0; | |
| phdr_index = i; | |
| phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ | |
| if (last_hdr != NULL) | |
| { | |
| m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
| if (dynsec != NULL) | |
| { | |
| m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, | |
| add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, | |
| because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and | |
| loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections | |
| in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is | |
| bogus anyhow. */ | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) | |
| { | |
| asection *s2; | |
| unsigned count = 1; | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| if (s->alignment_power == 2) | |
| for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) | |
| { | |
| if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 | |
| && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") | |
| && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2) | |
| == s2->next->vma) | |
| count++; | |
| else | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_NOTE; | |
| m->count = count; | |
| while (count > 1) | |
| { | |
| m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; | |
| BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); | |
| s = s->next; | |
| } | |
| m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; | |
| BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
| { | |
| if (! tls_count) | |
| first_tls = s; | |
| tls_count++; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ | |
| if (tls_count > 0) | |
| { | |
| int i; | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_TLS; | |
| m->count = tls_count; | |
| /* Mandated PF_R. */ | |
| m->p_flags = PF_R; | |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) | |
| { | |
| BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); | |
| m->sections[i] = first_tls; | |
| first_tls = first_tls->next; | |
| } | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME | |
| segment. */ | |
| eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr; | |
| if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL | |
| && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
| { | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; | |
| m->count = 1; | |
| m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) | |
| { | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; | |
| m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags; | |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| if (info != NULL && info->relro) | |
| { | |
| for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
| { | |
| if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1]; | |
| bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; | |
| bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size; | |
| if (vaddr < info->relro_end | |
| && vaddr >= info->relro_start | |
| && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ | |
| if (m != NULL) | |
| { | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (m == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| m->next = NULL; | |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; | |
| m->p_flags = PF_R; | |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| *pm = m; | |
| pm = &m->next; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| free (sections); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; | |
| } | |
| if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
| ++count; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| error_return: | |
| if (sections != NULL) | |
| free (sections); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Sort sections by address. */ | |
| static int | |
| elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) | |
| { | |
| const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; | |
| const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; | |
| bfd_size_type size1, size2; | |
| /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to | |
| place the section into a segment. */ | |
| if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) | |
| return -1; | |
| else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) | |
| return 1; | |
| /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be | |
| the same, and this will do nothing. */ | |
| if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) | |
| return -1; | |
| else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) | |
| return 1; | |
| /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ | |
| #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) | |
| if (TOEND (sec1)) | |
| { | |
| if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
| { | |
| /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 | |
| here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ | |
| if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) | |
| return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| return 1; | |
| } | |
| else if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
| return -1; | |
| #undef TOEND | |
| /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections | |
| before others at the same address. */ | |
| size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; | |
| size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; | |
| if (size1 < size2) | |
| return -1; | |
| if (size1 > size2) | |
| return 1; | |
| return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
| } | |
| /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: | |
| We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just | |
| not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not | |
| negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types | |
| are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a | |
| larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, | |
| which is wrong. | |
| What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by | |
| the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo | |
| the page size.'' */ | |
| /* In other words, something like: | |
| vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; | |
| off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; | |
| if (vma_offset < off_offset) | |
| adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; | |
| else | |
| adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; | |
| which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ | |
| static file_ptr | |
| vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) | |
| { | |
| return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); | |
| } | |
| static void | |
| print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int j; | |
| const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); | |
| char buf[32]; | |
| if (pt == NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) | |
| sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", | |
| (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); | |
| else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) | |
| sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", | |
| (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); | |
| else | |
| snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", | |
| (unsigned int) m->p_type); | |
| pt = buf; | |
| } | |
| fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); | |
| for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) | |
| fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); | |
| putc ('\n',stderr); | |
| } | |
| /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from | |
| sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in | |
| the file header. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
| file_ptr off; | |
| bfd_size_type maxpagesize; | |
| unsigned int alloc; | |
| unsigned int i, j; | |
| bfd_vma header_pad = 0; | |
| if (link_info == NULL | |
| && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| alloc = 0; | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
| { | |
| ++alloc; | |
| if (m->header_size) | |
| header_pad = m->header_size; | |
| } | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| else | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size | |
| >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); | |
| if (alloc == 0) | |
| { | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size, | |
| see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have | |
| that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. | |
| The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata | |
| (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the | |
| layout. | |
| See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments | |
| where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the | |
| last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ | |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr | |
| == 0); | |
| phdrs = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, | |
| (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size | |
| / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; | |
| if (phdrs == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| maxpagesize = 1; | |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
| maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; | |
| off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) | |
| header_pad = 0; | |
| else | |
| header_pad -= off; | |
| off += header_pad; | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0; | |
| m != NULL; | |
| m = m->next, p++, j++) | |
| { | |
| asection **secpp; | |
| bfd_vma off_adjust; | |
| bfd_boolean no_contents; | |
| /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the | |
| sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should | |
| not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may | |
| contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. | |
| Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ | |
| if (m->count > 1 | |
| && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE | |
| && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) | |
| qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), | |
| elf_sort_sections); | |
| /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a | |
| number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz | |
| and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents | |
| that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next | |
| available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ | |
| p->p_type = m->p_type; | |
| p->p_flags = m->p_flags; | |
| if (m->count == 0) | |
| p->p_vaddr = 0; | |
| else | |
| p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; | |
| if (m->p_paddr_valid) | |
| p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; | |
| else if (m->count == 0) | |
| p->p_paddr = 0; | |
| else | |
| p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores | |
| the maximum page size. When copying an executable with | |
| objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this | |
| value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which | |
| may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS | |
| segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying | |
| on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS | |
| segment. */ | |
| if (m->p_align_valid) | |
| maxpagesize = m->p_align; | |
| p->p_align = maxpagesize; | |
| } | |
| else if (m->p_align_valid) | |
| p->p_align = m->p_align; | |
| else if (m->count == 0) | |
| p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
| else | |
| p->p_align = 0; | |
| no_contents = FALSE; | |
| off_adjust = 0; | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| && m->count > 0) | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type align; | |
| unsigned int align_power = 0; | |
| if (m->p_align_valid) | |
| align = p->p_align; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int secalign; | |
| secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); | |
| if (secalign > align_power) | |
| align_power = secalign; | |
| } | |
| align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; | |
| if (align < maxpagesize) | |
| align = maxpagesize; | |
| } | |
| for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
| if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) | |
| /* If we aren't making room for this section, then | |
| it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've | |
| set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ | |
| elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; | |
| /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable | |
| sections. */ | |
| no_contents = TRUE; | |
| for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
| if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| { | |
| no_contents = FALSE; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align); | |
| off += off_adjust; | |
| if (no_contents) | |
| { | |
| /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since | |
| the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI | |
| arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so | |
| checks it. So to comply with the alignment | |
| requirement but not waste file space, we adjust | |
| p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is | |
| subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset | |
| past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ | |
| } | |
| else | |
| off_adjust = 0; | |
| } | |
| /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the | |
| PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
| else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC | |
| && m->count > 1 | |
| && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_error_handler | |
| (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), | |
| abfd); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ | |
| else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) | |
| for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
| elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; | |
| p->p_offset = 0; | |
| p->p_filesz = 0; | |
| p->p_memsz = 0; | |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
| p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| if (m->count > 0) | |
| { | |
| BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
| if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), | |
| abfd); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| p->p_vaddr -= off; | |
| if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
| p->p_paddr -= off; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
| { | |
| if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
| if (!m->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| if (m->count > 0) | |
| { | |
| BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
| p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
| if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
| p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| if (m->count) | |
| { | |
| p->p_filesz += header_pad; | |
| p->p_memsz += header_pad; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) | |
| { | |
| if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) | |
| p->p_offset = off; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| file_ptr adjust; | |
| adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); | |
| if (!no_contents) | |
| p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
| p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section | |
| maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in | |
| core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. | |
| assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos | |
| for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ | |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec; | |
| bfd_size_type align; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
| sec = *secpp; | |
| this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; | |
| align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); | |
| if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| || p->p_type == PT_TLS) | |
| && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS | |
| || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
| && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 | |
| || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) | |
| { | |
| bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz); | |
| if (adjust < 0) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: section %A vma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"), | |
| abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->vma); | |
| adjust = 0; | |
| } | |
| p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| { | |
| off += adjust; | |
| p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
| { | |
| /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains | |
| everything. */ | |
| if (i == 0) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; | |
| off += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| p->p_memsz = 0; | |
| p->p_align = 1; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ | |
| sec->filepos = 0; | |
| sec->size = 0; | |
| sec->flags = 0; | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| off += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| } | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| { | |
| p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like | |
| a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take | |
| file space but are not loaded into memory. */ | |
| if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| } | |
| else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) | |
| p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of | |
| normal segments. */ | |
| else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) | |
| p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
| } | |
| if (align > p->p_align | |
| && !m->p_align_valid | |
| && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
| || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) | |
| p->p_align = align; | |
| } | |
| if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
| { | |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
| if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
| p->p_flags |= PF_X; | |
| if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) | |
| p->p_flags |= PF_W; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| off -= off_adjust; | |
| /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. | |
| Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
| asection *sec; | |
| sec = *secpp; | |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); | |
| if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0 | |
| && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p)) | |
| { | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), | |
| abfd, sec, j); | |
| print_segment_map (m); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; | |
| bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; | |
| file_ptr off; | |
| unsigned int num_sec; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| unsigned int count; | |
| i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
| for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| hdr = *hdrpp; | |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
| && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 | |
| || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
| && hdr->contents == NULL))) | |
| BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); | |
| else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
| { | |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), | |
| abfd, | |
| (hdr->bfd_section == NULL | |
| ? "*unknown*" | |
| : hdr->bfd_section->name))); | |
| /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ | |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
| off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, | |
| bed->maxpagesize); | |
| else | |
| off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, | |
| hdr->sh_addralign); | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, | |
| FALSE); | |
| } | |
| else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
| && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) | |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] | |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] | |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) | |
| hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
| else | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
| } | |
| /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up | |
| the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
| count = 0; | |
| filehdr_vaddr = 0; | |
| filehdr_paddr = 0; | |
| phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| phdrs_paddr = 0; | |
| phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
| m != NULL; | |
| m = m->next, p++) | |
| { | |
| ++count; | |
| if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
| continue; | |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
| filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
| } | |
| if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
| { | |
| phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
| phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
| m != NULL; | |
| m = m->next, p++) | |
| { | |
| if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) | |
| { | |
| const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); | |
| if (link_info != NULL) | |
| { | |
| /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed | |
| in link_info. */ | |
| for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) | |
| { | |
| if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start | |
| && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end | |
| && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared | |
| library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ | |
| for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) | |
| { | |
| if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
| && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (lp < phdrs + count) | |
| { | |
| p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; | |
| p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; | |
| p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; | |
| if (link_info != NULL) | |
| p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; | |
| else if (m->p_size_valid) | |
| p->p_filesz = m->p_size; | |
| else | |
| abort (); | |
| p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; | |
| p->p_align = 1; | |
| p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); | |
| } | |
| else if (link_info != NULL) | |
| { | |
| memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); | |
| p->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| abort (); | |
| } | |
| else if (m->count != 0) | |
| { | |
| if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
| && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE | |
| || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); | |
| sect = m->sections[m->count - 1]; | |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; | |
| p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos; | |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
| p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size; | |
| p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; | |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
| p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; | |
| } | |
| else if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
| { | |
| p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; | |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
| p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by | |
| _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and | |
| VMAs must be known before this is called. | |
| Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as | |
| "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and | |
| those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are | |
| stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't | |
| consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable | |
| image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by | |
| assign_file_positions_for_relocs. | |
| We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
| file_ptr off; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 | |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
| unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| /* Start after the ELF header. */ | |
| off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; | |
| /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are | |
| not creating a program header, and that the actual order of | |
| the sections in the file is unimportant. */ | |
| for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| hdr = *hdrpp; | |
| if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
| && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) | |
| || i == tdata->symtab_section | |
| || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section | |
| || i == tdata->strtab_section) | |
| { | |
| hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| unsigned int alloc; | |
| /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the | |
| assignment of sections to segments. */ | |
| if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* And for non-load sections. */ | |
| if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Write out the program headers. */ | |
| alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| off = tdata->next_file_pos; | |
| } | |
| /* Place the section headers. */ | |
| off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); | |
| i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; | |
| off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; | |
| tdata->next_file_pos = off; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| prep_headers (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ | |
| struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
| shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); | |
| if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = | |
| bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; | |
| if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) | |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; | |
| else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) | |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; | |
| else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; | |
| else | |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; | |
| switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
| { | |
| case bfd_arch_unknown: | |
| i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
| break; | |
| /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting | |
| e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE | |
| in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, | |
| the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling | |
| can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), | |
| unless they need the information earlier than the final write. | |
| Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for | |
| e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ | |
| default: | |
| i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; | |
| } | |
| i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| /* No program header, for now. */ | |
| i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; | |
| /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ | |
| i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); | |
| i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; | |
| /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ | |
| if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) | |
| /* It all happens later. */ | |
| ; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
| i_phdrp = 0; | |
| i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part | |
| of the loadable file image. */ | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| file_ptr off; | |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; | |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; | |
| shdrp = *shdrpp; | |
| if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
| && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) | |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
| bfd_boolean failed; | |
| unsigned int count, num_sec; | |
| if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
| && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
| failed = FALSE; | |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); | |
| if (failed) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); | |
| /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ | |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
| for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) | |
| { | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) | |
| (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); | |
| if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Write out the section header names. */ | |
| if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL | |
| && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) | |
| (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); | |
| if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) | |
| return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
| return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); | |
| } | |
| /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ | |
| unsigned int | |
| _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| unsigned int index; | |
| if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL | |
| && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) | |
| return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; | |
| if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) | |
| index = SHN_ABS; | |
| else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) | |
| index = SHN_COMMON; | |
| else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) | |
| index = SHN_UNDEF; | |
| else | |
| index = SHN_BAD; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
| { | |
| int retval = index; | |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) | |
| return retval; | |
| } | |
| if (index == SHN_BAD) | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); | |
| return index; | |
| } | |
| /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 | |
| on error. */ | |
| int | |
| _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) | |
| { | |
| asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; | |
| int idx; | |
| flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; | |
| /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its | |
| own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the | |
| symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating | |
| relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the | |
| input sections rather than the output section. */ | |
| if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 | |
| && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
| && asym_ptr->section) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec; | |
| int indx; | |
| sec = asym_ptr->section; | |
| if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) | |
| sec = sec->output_section; | |
| if (sec->owner == abfd | |
| && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) | |
| && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) | |
| asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; | |
| } | |
| idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; | |
| if (idx == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol | |
| which is used in a relocation entry. */ | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), | |
| abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| #if DEBUG & 4 | |
| { | |
| fprintf (stderr, | |
| "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", | |
| (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, | |
| elf_symbol_flags (flags)); | |
| fflush (stderr); | |
| } | |
| #endif | |
| return idx; | |
| } | |
| /* Rewrite program header information. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *map; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *map_first; | |
| struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
| asection *section; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| unsigned int num_segments; | |
| bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; | |
| bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; | |
| bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; | |
| unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
| iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
| map_first = NULL; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map_first; | |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
| maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; | |
| /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ | |
| #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ | |
| (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ | |
| ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) | |
| #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ | |
| (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ | |
| != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ | |
| ? section->size : 0) | |
| /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within | |
| the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ | |
| #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ | |
| (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ | |
| && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ | |
| <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) | |
| /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within | |
| the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ | |
| #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ | |
| (section->lma >= base \ | |
| && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ | |
| <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) | |
| /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
| #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ | |
| (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ | |
| && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ | |
| && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
| && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ | |
| <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) | |
| /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo | |
| etc. */ | |
| #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ | |
| (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ | |
| && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ | |
| && s->vma == 0 \ | |
| && s->lma == 0) | |
| /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris | |
| linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and | |
| p_memsz set to 0. */ | |
| #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ | |
| (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ | |
| && p->p_paddr == 0 \ | |
| && p->p_memsz == 0 \ | |
| && p->p_filesz > 0 \ | |
| && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ | |
| && s->size > 0 \ | |
| && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
| && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ | |
| <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) | |
| /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. | |
| A section will be included if: | |
| 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA | |
| if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, | |
| 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE | |
| segment. | |
| 3. There is an output section associated with it, | |
| 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. | |
| 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. | |
| 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. | |
| 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. | |
| 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning | |
| (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ | |
| #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ | |
| ((((segment->p_paddr \ | |
| ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ | |
| : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ | |
| && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ | |
| || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ | |
| && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ | |
| && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ | |
| || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ | |
| && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ | |
| || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ | |
| || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ | |
| && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ | |
| || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ | |
| || (segment->p_paddr \ | |
| ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ | |
| : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ | |
| || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ | |
| == 0)) \ | |
| && !section->segment_mark) | |
| /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, | |
| it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ | |
| #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ | |
| (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ | |
| && section->output_section != NULL) | |
| /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ | |
| #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ | |
| (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) | |
| /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both | |
| their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. | |
| It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA | |
| ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped | |
| to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different | |
| LMA. */ | |
| #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ | |
| ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ | |
| || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ | |
| && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ | |
| || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) | |
| /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
| /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the | |
| p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a | |
| file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it | |
| don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ | |
| p_paddr_valid = FALSE; | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| if (segment->p_paddr != 0) | |
| { | |
| p_paddr_valid = TRUE; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header | |
| of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps | |
| in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird | |
| parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int j; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) | |
| if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) | |
| { | |
| /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment | |
| assignment code will work. */ | |
| segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) | |
| segment->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ | |
| for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) | |
| { | |
| bfd_signed_vma extra_length; | |
| if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
| || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) | |
| continue; | |
| /* Merge the two segments together. */ | |
| if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) | |
| { | |
| /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete | |
| SEGMENT. */ | |
| extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) | |
| - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); | |
| if (extra_length > 0) | |
| { | |
| segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
| segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
| } | |
| segment->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
| /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ | |
| i = 0; | |
| segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete | |
| SEGMENT2. */ | |
| extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) | |
| - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); | |
| if (extra_length > 0) | |
| { | |
| segment->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
| segment->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
| } | |
| segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int section_count; | |
| asection **sections; | |
| asection *output_section; | |
| unsigned int isec; | |
| bfd_vma matching_lma; | |
| bfd_vma suggested_lma; | |
| unsigned int j; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| asection *first_section; | |
| bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; | |
| bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
| continue; | |
| first_section = NULL; | |
| /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; | |
| section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be | |
| removed from the corresponding output segment. */ | |
| if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) | |
| { | |
| if (first_section == NULL) | |
| first_section = section; | |
| if (section->output_section != NULL) | |
| ++section_count; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain | |
| all of the sections we have selected. */ | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); | |
| if (map == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to | |
| using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ | |
| map->next = NULL; | |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is | |
| no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding | |
| output segment. */ | |
| if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) | |
| { | |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
| map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
| } | |
| /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
| and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
| map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 | |
| && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
| if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| map->includes_phdrs = | |
| (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
| && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
| >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
| + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) | |
| phdr_included = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (section_count == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain | |
| no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain | |
| something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only | |
| a warning is produced. */ | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" | |
| " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), | |
| ibfd); | |
| map->count = 0; | |
| *pointer_to_map = map; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt | |
| to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. | |
| The problem here is how to handle an output section which has | |
| been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: | |
| 1. None of the sections have been moved. | |
| In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the | |
| input BFD. | |
| 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. | |
| In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
| of the first section. | |
| 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. | |
| In this case those sections which have not been moved can be | |
| placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, | |
| and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will | |
| have to be created to contain the other sections. | |
| 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. | |
| In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
| of the first section and we will have to create a new segment | |
| or segments to contain the other sections. | |
| In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section | |
| pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned | |
| to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ | |
| sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); | |
| if (sections == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. | |
| Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. | |
| Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common | |
| case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that | |
| we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing | |
| more to do. */ | |
| isec = 0; | |
| matching_lma = 0; | |
| suggested_lma = 0; | |
| first_matching_lma = TRUE; | |
| first_suggested_lma = TRUE; | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; | |
| section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| if (section == first_section) | |
| break; | |
| for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) | |
| { | |
| output_section = section->output_section; | |
| sections[j++] = section; | |
| /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. | |
| We try to catch that case here, and set it to the | |
| correct value. Note - some backends require that | |
| p_paddr be left as zero. */ | |
| if (!p_paddr_valid | |
| && segment->p_vaddr != 0 | |
| && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero | |
| && isec == 0 | |
| && output_section->lma != 0 | |
| && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr | |
| + (map->includes_filehdr | |
| ? iehdr->e_ehsize | |
| : 0) | |
| + (map->includes_phdrs | |
| ? (iehdr->e_phnum | |
| * iehdr->e_phentsize) | |
| : 0))) | |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; | |
| /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the | |
| LMA address of the output section. */ | |
| if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) | |
| || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) | |
| || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero | |
| && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) | |
| { | |
| if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) | |
| { | |
| matching_lma = output_section->lma; | |
| first_matching_lma = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment | |
| then it does not overlap any other section within that | |
| segment. */ | |
| map->sections[isec++] = output_section; | |
| } | |
| else if (first_suggested_lma) | |
| { | |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
| first_suggested_lma = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| if (j == section_count) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); | |
| /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, | |
| if necessary. */ | |
| if (isec == section_count) | |
| { | |
| /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently | |
| specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to | |
| the list of built segments and carry on to process the next | |
| program header in the input BFD. */ | |
| map->count = section_count; | |
| *pointer_to_map = map; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
| if (p_paddr_valid | |
| && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero | |
| && matching_lma != map->p_paddr | |
| && !map->includes_filehdr | |
| && !map->includes_phdrs) | |
| /* There is some padding before the first section in the | |
| segment. So, we must account for that in the output | |
| segment's vma. */ | |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; | |
| free (sections); | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| if (!first_matching_lma) | |
| { | |
| /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. | |
| Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the | |
| LMA of the first section that fitted. */ | |
| map->p_paddr = matching_lma; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. | |
| Change the current segment's physical address to match | |
| the LMA of the first section. */ | |
| map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; | |
| } | |
| /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma | |
| to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ | |
| if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
| { | |
| if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) | |
| map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; | |
| map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| if (map->includes_phdrs) | |
| { | |
| if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) | |
| { | |
| map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
| /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number | |
| of program headers that we will need. Make a note | |
| here of the number we used and the segment we chose | |
| to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the | |
| offset when we know the correct value. */ | |
| phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; | |
| phdr_adjust_seg = map; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning | |
| those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the | |
| sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all | |
| possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is | |
| added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain | |
| to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating | |
| the loop. */ | |
| isec = 0; | |
| do | |
| { | |
| map->count = 0; | |
| suggested_lma = 0; | |
| first_suggested_lma = TRUE; | |
| /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ | |
| for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) | |
| { | |
| section = sections[j]; | |
| if (section == NULL) | |
| continue; | |
| output_section = section->output_section; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); | |
| if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) | |
| || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
| { | |
| if (map->count == 0) | |
| { | |
| /* If the first section in a segment does not start at | |
| the beginning of the segment, then something is | |
| wrong. */ | |
| if (output_section->lma | |
| != (map->p_paddr | |
| + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) | |
| + (map->includes_phdrs | |
| ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
| : 0))) | |
| abort (); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| asection *prev_sec; | |
| prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; | |
| /* If the gap between the end of the previous section | |
| and the start of this section is more than | |
| maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ | |
| if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, | |
| maxpagesize) | |
| < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
| || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size | |
| > output_section->lma)) | |
| { | |
| if (first_suggested_lma) | |
| { | |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
| first_suggested_lma = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| continue; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; | |
| ++isec; | |
| sections[j] = NULL; | |
| section->segment_mark = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| else if (first_suggested_lma) | |
| { | |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; | |
| first_suggested_lma = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); | |
| /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ | |
| *pointer_to_map = map; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
| if (isec < section_count) | |
| { | |
| /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to | |
| segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it | |
| and carry on looping. */ | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); | |
| if (map == NULL) | |
| { | |
| free (sections); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical | |
| physical address to the LMA of the first section that has | |
| not yet been assigned. */ | |
| map->next = NULL; | |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; | |
| map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
| map->includes_filehdr = 0; | |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| while (isec < section_count); | |
| free (sections); | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; | |
| /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were | |
| going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust | |
| the offset if necessary. */ | |
| if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int count; | |
| for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
| count++; | |
| if (count > phdr_adjust_num) | |
| phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr | |
| -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
| } | |
| #undef SEGMENT_END | |
| #undef SECTION_SIZE | |
| #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA | |
| #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA | |
| #undef IS_NOTE | |
| #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE | |
| #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP | |
| #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT | |
| #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT | |
| #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT | |
| #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Copy ELF program header information. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *map; | |
| struct elf_segment_map *map_first; | |
| struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| unsigned int num_segments; | |
| bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; | |
| bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; | |
| iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
| map_first = NULL; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map_first; | |
| /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set | |
| map->p_paddr_valid. */ | |
| p_paddr_valid = FALSE; | |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| if (segment->p_paddr != 0) | |
| { | |
| p_paddr_valid = TRUE; | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| { | |
| asection *section; | |
| unsigned int section_count; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
| asection *first_section = NULL; | |
| asection *lowest_section = NULL; | |
| /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; | |
| section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) | |
| { | |
| if (!first_section) | |
| first_section = lowest_section = section; | |
| if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) | |
| lowest_section = section; | |
| section_count++; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain | |
| all of the sections we have selected. */ | |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
| if (section_count != 0) | |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
| map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); | |
| if (map == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the | |
| input segment. */ | |
| map->next = NULL; | |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
| map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
| map->p_align = segment->p_align; | |
| map->p_align_valid = 1; | |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; | |
| if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO | |
| && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz) | |
| { | |
| /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few | |
| bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt | |
| section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't | |
| change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ | |
| map->p_size = segment->p_filesz; | |
| map->p_size_valid = 1; | |
| } | |
| /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
| and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
| map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 | |
| && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
| if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
| { | |
| map->includes_phdrs = | |
| (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
| && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
| >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
| + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) | |
| phdr_included = TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (map->includes_filehdr && first_section) | |
| /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ | |
| map->header_size = first_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; | |
| if (!map->includes_phdrs | |
| && !map->includes_filehdr | |
| && map->p_paddr_valid) | |
| /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ | |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) | |
| - segment->p_paddr); | |
| if (section_count != 0) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int isec = 0; | |
| for (section = first_section; | |
| section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) | |
| { | |
| map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; | |
| if (isec == section_count) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| map->count = section_count; | |
| *pointer_to_map = map; | |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header | |
| information. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
| { | |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) | |
| { | |
| /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD | |
| covered by ELF program header have changed. */ | |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
| asection *section, *osec; | |
| unsigned int i, num_segments; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
| /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ | |
| if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) | |
| goto rewrite; | |
| /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ | |
| for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
| i < num_segments; | |
| i++, segment++) | |
| { | |
| /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr | |
| and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 | |
| which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment | |
| map in this case. */ | |
| if (segment->p_paddr == 0 | |
| && segment->p_memsz == 0 | |
| && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) | |
| goto rewrite; | |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; | |
| section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes | |
| from the input BFD. */ | |
| osec = section->output_section; | |
| if (osec) | |
| osec->segment_mark = TRUE; | |
| /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ | |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) | |
| { | |
| /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or | |
| removed. What else do we need to check? */ | |
| if (osec == NULL | |
| || section->flags != osec->flags | |
| || section->lma != osec->lma | |
| || section->vma != osec->vma | |
| || section->size != osec->size | |
| || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize | |
| || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) | |
| goto rewrite; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the | |
| input BFD. */ | |
| for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; | |
| section = section->next) | |
| { | |
| if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) | |
| goto rewrite; | |
| else | |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
| } | |
| return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); | |
| } | |
| rewrite: | |
| return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); | |
| } | |
| /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
| asection *isec, | |
| bfd *obfd, | |
| asection *osec, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
| bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable; | |
| if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the | |
| output BFD section flags have been set to something different. | |
| elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD | |
| section flags. */ | |
| if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL | |
| && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags)) | |
| elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); | |
| /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ | |
| elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) | |
| & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); | |
| /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output | |
| SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back | |
| to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. | |
| See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ | |
| if (need_group) | |
| { | |
| if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL | |
| || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) | |
| { | |
| if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) | |
| elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; | |
| elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); | |
| elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
| /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We | |
| don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it | |
| may be NULL at this point. */ | |
| if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
| { | |
| ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
| ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; | |
| elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); | |
| } | |
| osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize | |
| field, and sometimes the info field. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
| asection *isec, | |
| bfd *obfd, | |
| asection *osec) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
| if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
| ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
| ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; | |
| if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM | |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed | |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) | |
| ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; | |
| return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, | |
| NULL); | |
| } | |
| /* Copy private header information. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
| { | |
| asection *isec; | |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. | |
| This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data | |
| entry point, because the latter is called after the section | |
| contents have been set, which means that the program headers have | |
| already been worked out. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag | |
| but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */ | |
| for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) | |
| if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP | |
| && isec->output_section == NULL) | |
| { | |
| asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); | |
| asection *s = first; | |
| while (s != NULL) | |
| { | |
| if (s->output_section != NULL) | |
| { | |
| elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; | |
| elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; | |
| } | |
| s = elf_next_in_group (s); | |
| if (s == first) | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section | |
| which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section | |
| index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped | |
| section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the | |
| swap_out_syms function. */ | |
| #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) | |
| #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) | |
| #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) | |
| #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) | |
| #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
| asymbol *isymarg, | |
| bfd *obfd, | |
| asymbol *osymarg) | |
| { | |
| elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; | |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); | |
| osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); | |
| if (isym != NULL | |
| && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 | |
| && osym != NULL | |
| && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) | |
| { | |
| unsigned int shndx; | |
| shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
| if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) | |
| shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; | |
| else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) | |
| shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; | |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) | |
| shndx = MAP_STRTAB; | |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) | |
| shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; | |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) | |
| shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; | |
| osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Swap out the symbols. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, | |
| int relocatable_p) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
| int symcount; | |
| asymbol **syms; | |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; | |
| bfd_byte *outbound_syms; | |
| bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; | |
| int idx; | |
| bfd_size_type amt; | |
| bfd_boolean name_local_sections; | |
| if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Dump out the symtabs. */ | |
| stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); | |
| if (stt == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; | |
| symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); | |
| symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; | |
| symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
| symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
| outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); | |
| if (outbound_syms == NULL) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; | |
| outbound_shndx = NULL; | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
| if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) | |
| { | |
| amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, | |
| sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); | |
| if (outbound_shndx == NULL) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| } | |
| /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ | |
| { | |
| /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
| sym.st_name = 0; | |
| sym.st_value = 0; | |
| sym.st_size = 0; | |
| sym.st_info = 0; | |
| sym.st_other = 0; | |
| sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | |
| bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); | |
| outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
| outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| } | |
| name_local_sections | |
| = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols | |
| && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); | |
| syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
| bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; | |
| elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; | |
| flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; | |
| int type; | |
| if (!name_local_sections | |
| && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
| { | |
| /* Local section symbols have no name. */ | |
| sym.st_name = 0; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, | |
| syms[idx]->name, | |
| TRUE, FALSE); | |
| if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); | |
| if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
| && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
| { | |
| /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, | |
| and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from | |
| how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ | |
| sym.st_size = value; | |
| if (type_ptr == NULL | |
| || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) | |
| sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); | |
| else | |
| sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
| sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section | |
| (abfd, syms[idx]->section); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; | |
| unsigned int shndx; | |
| if (sec->output_section) | |
| { | |
| value += sec->output_offset; | |
| sec = sec->output_section; | |
| } | |
| /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ | |
| if (! relocatable_p) | |
| value += sec->vma; | |
| sym.st_value = value; | |
| sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; | |
| if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) | |
| && type_ptr != NULL | |
| && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) | |
| { | |
| /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did | |
| not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done | |
| by copy_private_symbol_data. */ | |
| shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
| switch (shndx) | |
| { | |
| case MAP_ONESYMTAB: | |
| shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
| break; | |
| case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: | |
| shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); | |
| break; | |
| case MAP_STRTAB: | |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; | |
| break; | |
| case MAP_SHSTRTAB: | |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; | |
| break; | |
| case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: | |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; | |
| break; | |
| default: | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | |
| if (shndx == SHN_BAD) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec2; | |
| /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if | |
| we had some decent documentation on bfd, and | |
| knew what to expect of the library, and what to | |
| demand of applications. For example, it | |
| appears that `objcopy' might not set the | |
| section of a symbol to be a section that is | |
| actually in the output file. */ | |
| sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); | |
| if (sec2 == NULL) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("\ | |
| Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), | |
| syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", | |
| sec->name); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); | |
| BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
| } | |
| if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) | |
| type = STT_TLS; | |
| else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) | |
| type = STT_FUNC; | |
| else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) | |
| type = STT_OBJECT; | |
| else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) | |
| type = STT_RELC; | |
| else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) | |
| type = STT_SRELC; | |
| else | |
| type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
| if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
| type = STT_TLS; | |
| /* Processor-specific types. */ | |
| if (type_ptr != NULL | |
| && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
| type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
| (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); | |
| if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
| { | |
| if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); | |
| else | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); | |
| } | |
| else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
| { | |
| #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON | |
| if (type == STT_OBJECT) | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); | |
| else | |
| #else | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); | |
| #endif | |
| } | |
| else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
| ? STB_WEAK | |
| : STB_GLOBAL), | |
| type); | |
| else if (flags & BSF_FILE) | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); | |
| else | |
| { | |
| int bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
| if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) | |
| bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
| else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
| bind = STB_WEAK; | |
| else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
| bind = STB_GLOBAL; | |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); | |
| } | |
| if (type_ptr != NULL) | |
| sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
| else | |
| sym.st_other = 0; | |
| bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); | |
| outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
| outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
| } | |
| *sttp = stt; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. | |
| Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate | |
| the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table | |
| always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| long symcount; | |
| long symtab_size; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
| symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
| if (symcount > 0) | |
| symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); | |
| return symtab_size; | |
| } | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| long symcount; | |
| long symtab_size; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
| symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
| if (symcount > 0) | |
| symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); | |
| return symtab_size; | |
| } | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| sec_ptr asect) | |
| { | |
| return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); | |
| } | |
| /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, | |
| sec_ptr section, | |
| arelent **relptr, | |
| asymbol **symbols) | |
| { | |
| arelent *tblptr; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) | |
| return -1; | |
| tblptr = section->relocation; | |
| for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) | |
| *relptr++ = tblptr++; | |
| *relptr = NULL; | |
| return section->reloc_count; | |
| } | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); | |
| if (symcount >= 0) | |
| bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; | |
| return symcount; | |
| } | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, | |
| asymbol **allocation) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); | |
| if (symcount >= 0) | |
| bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; | |
| return symcount; | |
| } | |
| /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable | |
| section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL | |
| or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a | |
| dynamic reloc section. */ | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| long ret; | |
| asection *s; | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| ret = sizeof (arelent *); | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
| && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
| || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
| ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) | |
| * sizeof (arelent *)); | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the | |
| dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually | |
| associated with particular sections; the interface, which was | |
| designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only | |
| one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually | |
| installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the | |
| dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, | |
| arelent **storage, | |
| asymbol **syms) | |
| { | |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); | |
| asection *s; | |
| long ret; | |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
| ret = 0; | |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
| { | |
| if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
| && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
| || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
| { | |
| arelent *p; | |
| long count, i; | |
| if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) | |
| return -1; | |
| count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; | |
| p = s->relocation; | |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
| *storage++ = p++; | |
| ret += count; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| *storage = NULL; | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| /* Read in the version information. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) | |
| { | |
| bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | |
| unsigned int freeidx = 0; | |
| if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| bfd_byte *contents_end; | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; | |
| contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
| if (contents == NULL) | |
| { | |
| error_return_verref: | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; | |
| goto error_return; | |
| } | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) | |
| == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); | |
| contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); | |
| everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; | |
| iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; | |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; | |
| unsigned int j; | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); | |
| iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; | |
| iverneed->vn_filename = | |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
| iverneed->vn_file); | |
| if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) | |
| iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); | |
| if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| } | |
| if (iverneed->vn_aux | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); | |
| ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; | |
| for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); | |
| ivernaux->vna_nodename = | |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
| ivernaux->vna_name); | |
| if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) | |
| ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; | |
| else | |
| ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; | |
| if (ivernaux->vna_next | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); | |
| if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) | |
| freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; | |
| } | |
| if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
| iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; | |
| else | |
| iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; | |
| if (iverneed->vn_next | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) | |
| goto error_return_verref; | |
| everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); | |
| } | |
| free (contents); | |
| contents = NULL; | |
| } | |
| if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; | |
| unsigned int i; | |
| unsigned int maxidx; | |
| bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; | |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; | |
| contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
| if (contents == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) | |
| >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); | |
| contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size | |
| - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); | |
| contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size | |
| - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); | |
| /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum | |
| index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find | |
| the maximum. */ | |
| everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
| maxidx = 0; | |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
| if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) | |
| maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); | |
| if (iverdefmem.vd_next | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); | |
| } | |
| if (default_imported_symver) | |
| { | |
| if (freeidx > maxidx) | |
| maxidx = ++freeidx; | |
| else | |
| freeidx = ++maxidx; | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; | |
| everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
| iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; | |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) | |
| { | |
| Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
| unsigned int j; | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
| if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) | |
| { | |
| error_return_verdef: | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; | |
| goto error_return; | |
| } | |
| iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; | |
| memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); | |
| iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
| if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) | |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); | |
| if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| } | |
| if (iverdef->vd_aux | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); | |
| iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
| for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) | |
| { | |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); | |
| iverdaux->vda_nodename = | |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
| iverdaux->vda_name); | |
| if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; | |
| else | |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; | |
| if (iverdaux->vda_next | |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); | |
| } | |
| if (iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
| iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; | |
| if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) | |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; | |
| else | |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
| everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); | |
| } | |
| free (contents); | |
| contents = NULL; | |
| } | |
| else if (default_imported_symver) | |
| { | |
| if (freeidx < 3) | |
| freeidx = 3; | |
| else | |
| freeidx++; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, | |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
| goto error_return; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; | |
| } | |
| /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ | |
| if (default_imported_symver) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
| iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; | |
| iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; | |
| iverdef->vd_flags = 0; | |
| iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; | |
| iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; | |
| iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
| iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); | |
| if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); | |
| if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) | |
| goto error_return_verdef; | |
| iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
| iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; | |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| error_return: | |
| if (contents != NULL) | |
| free (contents); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| asymbol * | |
| _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| elf_symbol_type *newsym; | |
| bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); | |
| newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
| if (!newsym) | |
| return NULL; | |
| else | |
| { | |
| newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; | |
| return &newsym->symbol; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| asymbol *symbol, | |
| symbol_info *ret) | |
| { | |
| bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); | |
| } | |
| /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets | |
| use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some | |
| override it. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| const char *name) | |
| { | |
| /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ | |
| if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') | |
| return TRUE; | |
| /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate | |
| DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ | |
| if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') | |
| return TRUE; | |
| /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when | |
| emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a | |
| small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call | |
| ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading | |
| underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, | |
| we treat such symbols as local. */ | |
| if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') | |
| return TRUE; | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| alent * | |
| _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| abort (); | |
| return NULL; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, | |
| enum bfd_architecture arch, | |
| unsigned long machine) | |
| { | |
| /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this | |
| isn't the generic backend, fail. */ | |
| if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch | |
| && arch != bfd_arch_unknown | |
| && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); | |
| } | |
| /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, | |
| for error reporting. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| asection *section, | |
| asymbol **symbols, | |
| bfd_vma offset, | |
| const char **filename_ptr, | |
| const char **functionname_ptr) | |
| { | |
| const char *filename; | |
| asymbol *func, *file; | |
| bfd_vma low_func; | |
| asymbol **p; | |
| /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably | |
| choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are | |
| local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any | |
| global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a | |
| file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently | |
| ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to | |
| make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring | |
| file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ | |
| enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; | |
| filename = NULL; | |
| func = NULL; | |
| file = NULL; | |
| low_func = 0; | |
| state = nothing_seen; | |
| for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) | |
| { | |
| elf_symbol_type *q; | |
| q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; | |
| switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| break; | |
| case STT_FILE: | |
| file = &q->symbol; | |
| if (state == symbol_seen) | |
| state = file_after_symbol_seen; | |
| continue; | |
| case STT_NOTYPE: | |
| case STT_FUNC: | |
| if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section | |
| && q->symbol.value >= low_func | |
| && q->symbol.value <= offset) | |
| { | |
| func = (asymbol *) q; | |
| low_func = q->symbol.value; | |
| filename = NULL; | |
| if (file != NULL | |
| && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL | |
| || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) | |
| filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| if (state == nothing_seen) | |
| state = symbol_seen; | |
| } | |
| if (func == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (filename_ptr) | |
| *filename_ptr = filename; | |
| if (functionname_ptr) | |
| *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, | |
| for error reporting. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, | |
| asection *section, | |
| asymbol **symbols, | |
| bfd_vma offset, | |
| const char **filename_ptr, | |
| const char **functionname_ptr, | |
| unsigned int *line_ptr) | |
| { | |
| bfd_boolean found; | |
| if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, | |
| line_ptr)) | |
| { | |
| if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
| elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
| *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
| functionname_ptr); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, | |
| line_ptr, 0, | |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) | |
| { | |
| if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
| elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
| *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
| functionname_ptr); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
| &found, filename_ptr, | |
| functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (symbols == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| *line_ptr = 0; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Find the line for a symbol. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, | |
| const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) | |
| { | |
| return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, | |
| filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0, | |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); | |
| } | |
| /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to | |
| bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about | |
| each level of function inlining that terminated at the address | |
| passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported | |
| for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, | |
| const char **filename_ptr, | |
| const char **functionname_ptr, | |
| unsigned int *line_ptr) | |
| { | |
| bfd_boolean found; | |
| found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, | |
| functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
| & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); | |
| return found; | |
| } | |
| int | |
| _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
| if (!info->relocatable) | |
| { | |
| bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
| if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
| { | |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
| phdr_size = 0; | |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
| phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
| if (phdr_size == 0) | |
| phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); | |
| } | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size; | |
| ret += phdr_size; | |
| } | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, | |
| sec_ptr section, | |
| const void *location, | |
| file_ptr offset, | |
| bfd_size_type count) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| bfd_signed_vma pos; | |
| if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
| && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; | |
| pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
| || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| abort (); | |
| } | |
| /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) | |
| { | |
| /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ | |
| if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) | |
| { | |
| bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; | |
| reloc_howto_type *howto; | |
| /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an | |
| equivalent ELF reloc. */ | |
| if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) | |
| { | |
| switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
| { | |
| case 8: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| case 12: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| case 16: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| case 24: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| case 32: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| case 64: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; | |
| break; | |
| default: | |
| goto fail; | |
| } | |
| howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
| if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) | |
| { | |
| if (howto->pcrel_offset) | |
| areloc->addend += areloc->address; | |
| else | |
| areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ | |
| } | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
| { | |
| case 8: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_8; | |
| break; | |
| case 14: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_14; | |
| break; | |
| case 16: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_16; | |
| break; | |
| case 26: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_26; | |
| break; | |
| case 32: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_32; | |
| break; | |
| case 64: | |
| code = BFD_RELOC_64; | |
| break; | |
| default: | |
| goto fail; | |
| } | |
| howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
| } | |
| if (howto) | |
| areloc->howto = howto; | |
| else | |
| goto fail; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| fail: | |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
| (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), | |
| abfd, areloc->howto->name); | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
| { | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) | |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
| _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd); | |
| } | |
| return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); | |
| } | |
| /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY | |
| in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity | |
| range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing | |
| this reloc. */ | |
| bfd_reloc_status_type | |
| _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn | |
| (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
| } | |
| /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native | |
| toolchains, since we rely on knowing the | |
| machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick | |
| out details about the corefile. */ | |
| #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H | |
| # include <sys/procfs.h> | |
| #endif | |
| /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ | |
| static int | |
| elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) | |
| + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); | |
| } | |
| /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using | |
| data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a | |
| reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or | |
| overwrite it. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) | |
| { | |
| asection *sect2; | |
| if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); | |
| if (sect2 == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect2->size = sect->size; | |
| sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; | |
| sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This | |
| actually creates up to two pseudosections: | |
| - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless | |
| such a section already exists. | |
| - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where | |
| PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). | |
| Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *name, | |
| size_t size, | |
| ufile_ptr filepos) | |
| { | |
| char buf[100]; | |
| char *threaded_name; | |
| size_t len; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| /* Build the section name. */ | |
| sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
| threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (threaded_name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, | |
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = size; | |
| sect->filepos = filepos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); | |
| } | |
| /* prstatus_t exists on: | |
| solaris 2.5+ | |
| linux 2.[01] + glibc | |
| unixware 4.2 | |
| */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| size_t size; | |
| int offset; | |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) | |
| { | |
| prstatus_t prstat; | |
| size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
| offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
| memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
| has already been set by another thread. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
| /* pr_who exists on: | |
| solaris 2.5+ | |
| unixware 4.2 | |
| pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
| linux 2.[01] | |
| */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
| #endif | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) | |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) | |
| { | |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
| prstatus32_t prstat; | |
| size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
| offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); | |
| memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
| has already been set by another thread. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
| /* pr_who exists on: | |
| solaris 2.5+ | |
| unixware 4.2 | |
| pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
| linux 2.[01] | |
| */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
| #endif | |
| } | |
| #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
| note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ | |
| return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | |
| size, note->descpos + offset); | |
| } | |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ | |
| /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *name, | |
| Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, | |
| note->descsz, note->descpos); | |
| } | |
| /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, | |
| but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this | |
| data structure apart. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
| } | |
| /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note | |
| type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents | |
| literally. */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) | |
| typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
| typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
| #endif | |
| #endif | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
| typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
| typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
| #endif | |
| #endif | |
| /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at | |
| most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. | |
| the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ | |
| char * | |
| _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) | |
| { | |
| char *dups; | |
| char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); | |
| size_t len; | |
| if (end == NULL) | |
| len = max; | |
| else | |
| len = end - start; | |
| dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); | |
| if (dups == NULL) | |
| return NULL; | |
| memcpy (dups, start, len); | |
| dups[len] = '\0'; | |
| return dups; | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) | |
| { | |
| elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; | |
| memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program | |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) | |
| { | |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
| elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; | |
| memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program | |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
| } | |
| #endif | |
| else | |
| { | |
| /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
| note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | |
| onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | |
| implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ | |
| { | |
| char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; | |
| int n = strlen (command); | |
| if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | |
| command[n - 1] = '\0'; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) | |
| || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) | |
| #endif | |
| ) | |
| { | |
| pstatus_t pstat; | |
| memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) | |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) | |
| { | |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
| pstatus32_t pstat; | |
| memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
| } | |
| #endif | |
| /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" | |
| lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an | |
| NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
| char buf[100]; | |
| char *name; | |
| size_t len; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) | |
| && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) | |
| #endif | |
| ) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; | |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
| + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
| #endif | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
| #endif | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ | |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
| + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
| #endif | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) | |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); | |
| #endif | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); | |
| } | |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| char buf[30]; | |
| char *name; | |
| size_t len; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| int type; | |
| int is_active_thread; | |
| bfd_vma base_addr; | |
| if (note->descsz < 728) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); | |
| switch (type) | |
| { | |
| case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: | |
| /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ | |
| /* process_info.pid */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); | |
| /* process_info.signal */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); | |
| break; | |
| case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: | |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
| /* thread_info.tid */ | |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); | |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ | |
| sect->size = 716; | |
| /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ | |
| is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); | |
| if (is_active_thread) | |
| if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| break; | |
| case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: | |
| /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ | |
| /* module_info.base_address */ | |
| base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); | |
| sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); | |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = note->descsz; | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| break; | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| switch (note->type) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case NT_PRSTATUS: | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) | |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
| return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); | |
| #else | |
| return TRUE; | |
| #endif | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
| case NT_PSTATUS: | |
| return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); | |
| #endif | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
| case NT_LWPSTATUS: | |
| return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); | |
| #endif | |
| case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ | |
| return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); | |
| case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: | |
| return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); | |
| case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ | |
| if (note->namesz == 6 | |
| && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); | |
| else | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case NT_PPC_VMX: | |
| if (note->namesz == 6 | |
| && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); | |
| else | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case NT_PPC_VSX: | |
| if (note->namesz == 6 | |
| && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); | |
| else | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case NT_PRPSINFO: | |
| case NT_PSINFO: | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) | |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
| return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); | |
| #else | |
| return TRUE; | |
| #endif | |
| case NT_AUXV: | |
| { | |
| asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", | |
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = note->descsz; | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz); | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| switch (note->type) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: | |
| return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) | |
| { | |
| char *cp; | |
| cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); | |
| if (cp != NULL) | |
| { | |
| *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal | |
| = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); | |
| /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid | |
| = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); | |
| /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", | |
| note); | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| int lwp; | |
| if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; | |
| if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) | |
| { | |
| /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to | |
| find this note before any of the others, which is fine, | |
| since the kernel writes this note out first when it | |
| creates a core file. */ | |
| return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); | |
| } | |
| /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes | |
| defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less | |
| than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't | |
| understand it. */ | |
| if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
| { | |
| /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and | |
| PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ | |
| case bfd_arch_alpha: | |
| case bfd_arch_sparc: | |
| switch (note->type) | |
| { | |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and | |
| PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ | |
| default: | |
| switch (note->type) | |
| { | |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) | |
| { | |
| void *ddata = note->descdata; | |
| char buf[100]; | |
| char *name; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| short sig; | |
| unsigned flags; | |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); | |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ | |
| *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); | |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ | |
| flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); | |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ | |
| if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) | |
| { | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig; | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; | |
| } | |
| /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores | |
| do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current | |
| thread just in case. */ | |
| if (flags & 0x00000080) | |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; | |
| /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ | |
| sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| strcpy (name, buf); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = note->descsz; | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Note *note, | |
| long tid, | |
| char *base) | |
| { | |
| char buf[100]; | |
| char *name; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ | |
| sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| strcpy (name, buf); | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = note->descsz; | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
| /* This is the current thread. */ | |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid) | |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 | |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 | |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 | |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the | |
| tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs | |
| function. */ | |
| static long tid = 1; | |
| switch (note->type) | |
| { | |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: | |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); | |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: | |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); | |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: | |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); | |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: | |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
| { | |
| char *name; | |
| asection *sect; | |
| size_t len; | |
| /* Use note name as section name. */ | |
| len = note->namesz; | |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
| if (name == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); | |
| name[len - 1] = '\0'; | |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
| if (sect == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| sect->size = note->descsz; | |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
| sect->alignment_power = 1; | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Function: elfcore_write_note | |
| Inputs: | |
| buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer | |
| name of note | |
| type of note | |
| data for note | |
| size of data for note | |
| Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as | |
| for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying | |
| that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have | |
| 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. | |
| Return: | |
| Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const char *name, | |
| int type, | |
| const void *input, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| Elf_External_Note *xnp; | |
| size_t namesz; | |
| size_t newspace; | |
| char *dest; | |
| namesz = 0; | |
| if (name != NULL) | |
| namesz = strlen (name) + 1; | |
| newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); | |
| buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); | |
| if (buf == NULL) | |
| return buf; | |
| dest = buf + *bufsiz; | |
| *bufsiz += newspace; | |
| xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); | |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); | |
| dest = xnp->name; | |
| if (name != NULL) | |
| { | |
| memcpy (dest, name, namesz); | |
| dest += namesz; | |
| while (namesz & 3) | |
| { | |
| *dest++ = '\0'; | |
| ++namesz; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| memcpy (dest, input, size); | |
| dest += size; | |
| while (size & 3) | |
| { | |
| *dest++ = '\0'; | |
| ++size; | |
| } | |
| return buf; | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const char *fname, | |
| const char *psargs) | |
| { | |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) | |
| { | |
| char *ret; | |
| ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); | |
| if (ret != NULL) | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
| { | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
| psinfo32_t data; | |
| int note_type = NT_PSINFO; | |
| #else | |
| prpsinfo32_t data; | |
| int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; | |
| #endif | |
| memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); | |
| strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); | |
| strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| #endif | |
| { | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
| psinfo_t data; | |
| int note_type = NT_PSINFO; | |
| #else | |
| prpsinfo_t data; | |
| int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; | |
| #endif | |
| memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); | |
| strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); | |
| strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| long pid, | |
| int cursig, | |
| const void *gregs) | |
| { | |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) | |
| { | |
| char *ret; | |
| ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| NT_PRSTATUS, | |
| pid, cursig, gregs); | |
| if (ret != NULL) | |
| return ret; | |
| } | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) | |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
| { | |
| prstatus32_t prstat; | |
| memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| prstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
| prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
| memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
| NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| } | |
| else | |
| #endif | |
| { | |
| prstatus_t prstat; | |
| memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| prstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
| prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
| memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
| NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); | |
| } | |
| } | |
| #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| long pid, | |
| int cursig, | |
| const void *gregs) | |
| { | |
| lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
| memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
| lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; | |
| lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); | |
| #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
| #if !defined(gregs) | |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, | |
| gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); | |
| #else | |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, | |
| gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); | |
| #endif | |
| #endif | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
| NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
| } | |
| #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| long pid, | |
| int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
| { | |
| pstatus32_t pstat; | |
| memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; | |
| buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
| NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| return buf; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| #endif | |
| { | |
| pstatus_t pstat; | |
| memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; | |
| buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
| NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); | |
| return buf; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const void *fpregs, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const void *xfpregs, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const void *ppc_vmx, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const void *ppc_vsx, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
| note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); | |
| } | |
| char * | |
| elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, | |
| char *buf, | |
| int *bufsiz, | |
| const char *section, | |
| const void *data, | |
| int size) | |
| { | |
| if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
| if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
| if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
| if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) | |
| return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
| return NULL; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) | |
| { | |
| char *p; | |
| p = buf; | |
| while (p < buf + size) | |
| { | |
| /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ | |
| Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; | |
| Elf_Internal_Note in; | |
| if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); | |
| in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); | |
| in.namedata = xnp->name; | |
| if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); | |
| in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); | |
| in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); | |
| if (in.descsz != 0 | |
| && (in.descdata >= buf + size | |
| || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) | |
| { | |
| default: | |
| return TRUE; | |
| case bfd_core: | |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) | |
| { | |
| if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) | |
| { | |
| if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) | |
| { | |
| if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| else | |
| { | |
| if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| case bfd_object: | |
| if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) | |
| { | |
| if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| break; | |
| } | |
| p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); | |
| } | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| static bfd_boolean | |
| elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) | |
| { | |
| char *buf; | |
| if (size <= 0) | |
| return TRUE; | |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| buf = bfd_malloc (size); | |
| if (buf == NULL) | |
| return FALSE; | |
| if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size | |
| || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) | |
| { | |
| free (buf); | |
| return FALSE; | |
| } | |
| free (buf); | |
| return TRUE; | |
| } | |
| /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ | |
| /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a | |
| copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error | |
| occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
| long | |
| bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
| { | |
| if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); | |
| } | |
| /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries | |
| will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as | |
| defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the | |
| buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. | |
| Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an | |
| error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
| int | |
| bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) | |
| { | |
| int num_phdrs; | |
| if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
| { | |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
| return -1; | |
| } | |
| num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
| memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, | |
| num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); | |
| return num_phdrs; | |
| } | |
| enum elf_reloc_type_class | |
| _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| return reloc_class_normal; | |
| } | |
| /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a | |
| relocation against a local symbol. */ | |
| bfd_vma | |
| _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, | |
| asection **psec, | |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec = *psec; | |
| bfd_vma relocation; | |
| relocation = (sec->output_section->vma | |
| + sec->output_offset | |
| + sym->st_value); | |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) | |
| && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION | |
| && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
| { | |
| rel->r_addend = | |
| _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, | |
| elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
| sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); | |
| if (sec != *psec) | |
| { | |
| /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is | |
| marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original | |
| SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some | |
| other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave | |
| some info around for --emit-relocs. */ | |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) | |
| sec->kept_section = *psec; | |
| sec = *psec; | |
| } | |
| rel->r_addend -= relocation; | |
| rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; | |
| } | |
| return relocation; | |
| } | |
| bfd_vma | |
| _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, | |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, | |
| asection **psec, | |
| bfd_vma addend) | |
| { | |
| asection *sec = *psec; | |
| if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
| return sym->st_value + addend; | |
| return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, | |
| elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
| sym->st_value + addend); | |
| } | |
| bfd_vma | |
| _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, | |
| asection *sec, | |
| bfd_vma offset) | |
| { | |
| switch (sec->sec_info_type) | |
| { | |
| case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS: | |
| return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
| offset); | |
| case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: | |
| return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); | |
| default: | |
| return offset; | |
| } | |
| } | |
| /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, | |
| reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory | |
| based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it | |
| points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference | |
| between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the | |
| file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. | |
| The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the | |
| remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it | |
| should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must | |
| be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in | |
| the remote memory. */ | |
| bfd * | |
| bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory | |
| (bfd *templ, | |
| bfd_vma ehdr_vma, | |
| bfd_vma *loadbasep, | |
| int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int)) | |
| { | |
| return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) | |
| (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); | |
| } | |
| long | |
| _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, | |
| long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
| long dynsymcount, | |
| asymbol **dynsyms, | |
| asymbol **ret) | |
| { | |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
| asection *relplt; | |
| asymbol *s; | |
| const char *relplt_name; | |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); | |
| arelent *p; | |
| long count, i, n; | |
| size_t size; | |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
| char *names; | |
| asection *plt; | |
| *ret = NULL; | |
| if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) | |
| return 0; | |
| if (dynsymcount <= 0) | |
| return 0; | |
| if (!bed->plt_sym_val) | |
| return 0; | |
| relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; | |
| if (relplt_name == NULL) | |
| relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; | |
| relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); | |
| if (relplt == NULL) | |
| return 0; | |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; | |
| if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
| || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) | |
| return 0; | |
| plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); | |
| if (plt == NULL) | |
| return 0; | |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
| if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) | |
| return -1; | |
| count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; | |
| size = count * sizeof (asymbol); | |
| p = relplt->relocation; | |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) | |
| size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); | |
| s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); | |
| if (s == NULL) | |
| return -1; | |
| names = (char *) (s + count); | |
| p = relplt->relocation; | |
| n = 0; | |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) | |
| { | |
| size_t len; | |
| bfd_vma addr; | |
| addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); | |
| if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) | |
| continue; | |
| *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; | |
| /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since | |
| we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ | |
| if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) | |
| s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; | |
| s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; | |
| s->section = plt; | |
| s->value = addr - plt->vma; | |
| s->name = names; | |
| s->udata.p = NULL; | |
| len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); | |
| memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); | |
| names += len; | |
| memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); | |
| names += sizeof ("@plt"); | |
| ++s, ++n; | |
| } | |
| return n; | |
| } | |
| /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ | |
| asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section | |
| = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, | |
| SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); | |
| void | |
| _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, | |
| struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
| { | |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ | |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; | |
| } | |
| /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. | |
| This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for | |
| most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */ | |
| bfd_boolean | |
| _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) | |
| { | |
| return (type == STT_FUNC); | |
| } |